smartguard 600 controllers installation instructions

28
Installation Instructions SmartGuard 600 Controllers Catalog Numbers 1752-L24BBB, 1752-L24BBBE Topic Page Important User Information 2 North American Hazardous Location Approval 3 General Safety Information 3 About the SmartGuard 600 Controller 5 Before You Begin 7 Set the Node Address 7 Setting the Communication Rate 7 Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication 8 Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller 9 Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller 9 Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller 10 Connecting a Power Supply 11 Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller 12 Making Communication Connections 15 Interpreting the Status Indicators 17 Alphanumeric Status Display 18 Status Indicators 18 Specifications 24 Additional Resources 28

Upload: hoangcong

Post on 01-Jan-2017

226 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Catalog Numbers 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Topic Page

Important User Information 2

North American Hazardous Location Approval 3

General Safety Information 3

About the SmartGuard 600 Controller 5

Before You Begin 7

Set the Node Address 7

Setting the Communication Rate 7

Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication 8

Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller 9

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller 9

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller 10

Connecting a Power Supply 11

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller 12

Making Communication Connections 15

Interpreting the Status Indicators 17

Alphanumeric Status Display 18

Status Indicators 18

Specifications 24

Additional Resources 28

2 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Important User Information

Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

WARNINGIdentifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTIONIdentifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences

SHOCK HAZARD

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

BURN HAZARD

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 3

North American Hazardous Location Approval

General Safety Information

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNINGEXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

ATTENTION Safety Programmable Electronic Systems (PES)Personnel responsible for the application of safety-related programmable electronic systems (PES) shall be aware of the safety requirements in the application of the system and shall be trained in using the system

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

4 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

ATTENTION Environment and EnclosureThis equipment is intended for use in Pollution Degree 2 Industrial environment in Overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance

This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with flame spread rating or 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

ATTENTION Prevent Electrostatic DischargeThis equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved wrist grounding strap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 5

About the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSmartGuard 600 controllers catalog numbers 1752-L24BBB and 1752-L24BBBE are programmable electronic systems featuring 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 test pulse sources and connections for USB and DeviceNet safety communication In addition the 1752-L24BBBE controller offers EtherNetIP connectivity

SmartGuard 600 controllers are certified for use in safety applications up to and including Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 and Category (CAT) 4 according to EN 954-1

ATTENTION

T

Protective Debris StripDo not remove the protective debris strip until after the controller and all the other equipment near the controller is mounted and wiring is complete

Once wiring is complete remove the protective debris strip Failure to remove the strip before operating can cause overheating

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to the loss of required safety function

bull Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

bull Do not use DeviceNet standard IO data or explicit message data as safety data

bull Do not use the safety indicators for safety operations

bull Do not connect loads beyond the rated value to safety outputs or test outputs

bull Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC line does not accidentally touch the outputs

bull Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or test output line is grounded

bull Do not dismantle repair or modify the controller Doing so may impair the safety functions

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

6 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

1752-L24BBB Controller

1752-L24BBBE Controller

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 Service switch

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 IP address display switch

11 Ethernet connector

12 Service switch

13

4

6

10

5

2 7

8

9

7

3

46

105

2 7

8

9

712

11

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 2: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

2 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Important User Information

Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

WARNINGIdentifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTIONIdentifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences

SHOCK HAZARD

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

BURN HAZARD

Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 3

North American Hazardous Location Approval

General Safety Information

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNINGEXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

ATTENTION Safety Programmable Electronic Systems (PES)Personnel responsible for the application of safety-related programmable electronic systems (PES) shall be aware of the safety requirements in the application of the system and shall be trained in using the system

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

4 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

ATTENTION Environment and EnclosureThis equipment is intended for use in Pollution Degree 2 Industrial environment in Overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance

This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with flame spread rating or 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

ATTENTION Prevent Electrostatic DischargeThis equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved wrist grounding strap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 5

About the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSmartGuard 600 controllers catalog numbers 1752-L24BBB and 1752-L24BBBE are programmable electronic systems featuring 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 test pulse sources and connections for USB and DeviceNet safety communication In addition the 1752-L24BBBE controller offers EtherNetIP connectivity

SmartGuard 600 controllers are certified for use in safety applications up to and including Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 and Category (CAT) 4 according to EN 954-1

ATTENTION

T

Protective Debris StripDo not remove the protective debris strip until after the controller and all the other equipment near the controller is mounted and wiring is complete

Once wiring is complete remove the protective debris strip Failure to remove the strip before operating can cause overheating

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to the loss of required safety function

bull Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

bull Do not use DeviceNet standard IO data or explicit message data as safety data

bull Do not use the safety indicators for safety operations

bull Do not connect loads beyond the rated value to safety outputs or test outputs

bull Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC line does not accidentally touch the outputs

bull Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or test output line is grounded

bull Do not dismantle repair or modify the controller Doing so may impair the safety functions

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

6 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

1752-L24BBB Controller

1752-L24BBBE Controller

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 Service switch

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 IP address display switch

11 Ethernet connector

12 Service switch

13

4

6

10

5

2 7

8

9

7

3

46

105

2 7

8

9

712

11

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 3: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 3

North American Hazardous Location Approval

General Safety Information

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNINGEXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment

unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

ATTENTION Safety Programmable Electronic Systems (PES)Personnel responsible for the application of safety-related programmable electronic systems (PES) shall be aware of the safety requirements in the application of the system and shall be trained in using the system

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

4 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

ATTENTION Environment and EnclosureThis equipment is intended for use in Pollution Degree 2 Industrial environment in Overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance

This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with flame spread rating or 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

ATTENTION Prevent Electrostatic DischargeThis equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved wrist grounding strap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 5

About the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSmartGuard 600 controllers catalog numbers 1752-L24BBB and 1752-L24BBBE are programmable electronic systems featuring 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 test pulse sources and connections for USB and DeviceNet safety communication In addition the 1752-L24BBBE controller offers EtherNetIP connectivity

SmartGuard 600 controllers are certified for use in safety applications up to and including Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 and Category (CAT) 4 according to EN 954-1

ATTENTION

T

Protective Debris StripDo not remove the protective debris strip until after the controller and all the other equipment near the controller is mounted and wiring is complete

Once wiring is complete remove the protective debris strip Failure to remove the strip before operating can cause overheating

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to the loss of required safety function

bull Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

bull Do not use DeviceNet standard IO data or explicit message data as safety data

bull Do not use the safety indicators for safety operations

bull Do not connect loads beyond the rated value to safety outputs or test outputs

bull Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC line does not accidentally touch the outputs

bull Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or test output line is grounded

bull Do not dismantle repair or modify the controller Doing so may impair the safety functions

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

6 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

1752-L24BBB Controller

1752-L24BBBE Controller

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 Service switch

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 IP address display switch

11 Ethernet connector

12 Service switch

13

4

6

10

5

2 7

8

9

7

3

46

105

2 7

8

9

712

11

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 4: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

4 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

ATTENTION Environment and EnclosureThis equipment is intended for use in Pollution Degree 2 Industrial environment in Overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 m (6562 ft) without derating

This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance

This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with flame spread rating or 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications

In addition to this publication see

bull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

ATTENTION Prevent Electrostatic DischargeThis equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment

bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved wrist grounding strap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 5

About the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSmartGuard 600 controllers catalog numbers 1752-L24BBB and 1752-L24BBBE are programmable electronic systems featuring 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 test pulse sources and connections for USB and DeviceNet safety communication In addition the 1752-L24BBBE controller offers EtherNetIP connectivity

SmartGuard 600 controllers are certified for use in safety applications up to and including Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 and Category (CAT) 4 according to EN 954-1

ATTENTION

T

Protective Debris StripDo not remove the protective debris strip until after the controller and all the other equipment near the controller is mounted and wiring is complete

Once wiring is complete remove the protective debris strip Failure to remove the strip before operating can cause overheating

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to the loss of required safety function

bull Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

bull Do not use DeviceNet standard IO data or explicit message data as safety data

bull Do not use the safety indicators for safety operations

bull Do not connect loads beyond the rated value to safety outputs or test outputs

bull Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC line does not accidentally touch the outputs

bull Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or test output line is grounded

bull Do not dismantle repair or modify the controller Doing so may impair the safety functions

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

6 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

1752-L24BBB Controller

1752-L24BBBE Controller

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 Service switch

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 IP address display switch

11 Ethernet connector

12 Service switch

13

4

6

10

5

2 7

8

9

7

3

46

105

2 7

8

9

712

11

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 5: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 5

About the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSmartGuard 600 controllers catalog numbers 1752-L24BBB and 1752-L24BBBE are programmable electronic systems featuring 16 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 test pulse sources and connections for USB and DeviceNet safety communication In addition the 1752-L24BBBE controller offers EtherNetIP connectivity

SmartGuard 600 controllers are certified for use in safety applications up to and including Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 and Category (CAT) 4 according to EN 954-1

ATTENTION

T

Protective Debris StripDo not remove the protective debris strip until after the controller and all the other equipment near the controller is mounted and wiring is complete

Once wiring is complete remove the protective debris strip Failure to remove the strip before operating can cause overheating

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to the loss of required safety function

bull Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

bull Do not use DeviceNet standard IO data or explicit message data as safety data

bull Do not use the safety indicators for safety operations

bull Do not connect loads beyond the rated value to safety outputs or test outputs

bull Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC line does not accidentally touch the outputs

bull Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or test output line is grounded

bull Do not dismantle repair or modify the controller Doing so may impair the safety functions

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

6 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

1752-L24BBB Controller

1752-L24BBBE Controller

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 Service switch

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 IP address display switch

11 Ethernet connector

12 Service switch

13

4

6

10

5

2 7

8

9

7

3

46

105

2 7

8

9

712

11

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 6: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

6 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

1752-L24BBB Controller

1752-L24BBBE Controller

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 Service switch

Number Feature1 Module status indicators

2 Alphanumeric display

3 Node address switches

4 Baud rate switches

5 USB port

6 DeviceNet communication connector

7 Terminal connectors

8 Input status indicators

9 Output status indicators

10 IP address display switch

11 Ethernet connector

12 Service switch

13

4

6

10

5

2 7

8

9

7

3

46

105

2 7

8

9

712

11

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 7: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 7

Before You BeginBefore you install the controller set its DeviceNet node address and communication rate

Set the Node AddressUse a small screwdriver to set the DeviceNet node address by using the two rotary switches on the front panel of the controller Use care not to scratch the switches Values from 00hellip63 are valid The default setting is 63

Follow these steps to set the node address

1 Set the tens digit of the node address (decimal) by turning the left rotary switch

2 Set the ones digit by turning the right rotary switch

3 To set the node address by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software set the rotary switches to a value from 64hellip99

Setting the Communication RateThe default communication rate for a DeviceNet network is 125 Kbps

If you choose to use a different communication rate the length of the trunkline and types of cable determine which communication rates your application can support

IMPORTANT Turn off power to the controller before setting the node address or communication rate via the switches

Do not change the switch settings while the power supply is on The controller will detect this as a change in the configuration and will switch to the ABORT mode

IMPORTANT A node address duplication error will occur if the same node address is set for more than one node

DeviceNet Communication Rates and Cable Lengths

Communication Rate

Distance Max Cumulative Drop Line Length

Flat Cable Thick Cable Thin Cable

125 Kbps 420 m (1378 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 156 m (512 ft)

250 Kbps 200 m (656 ft) 250 m (820 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 78 m (256 ft)

500 Kbps 75 m (246 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 39 m (128 ft)

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 8: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

8 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Set the communication rate by using the DIP switch on the front of the controller

Set the IP Address for Ethernet CommunicationConnect the 1752-L24BBBE controller to the network via a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch which will help reduce collisions and lost packets and increase bandwidth

The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP address You can use any commercially available BOOTP server If you do not have BOOTP Server capabilities on your network download the free Rockwell Automation BOOTP server from httpwwwabcomnetworksbootphtml

To set the IP address by using the Rockwell Automation BOOTP utility follow these steps

1 Run the BOOTP utility

2 Double-click the hardware address of the device you want to configure

DIP Switch Settings

DIP Switch Pin

1 2 3 4 Communication Rate

OFF OFF OFF OFF 125 Kbps

ON OFF OFF OFF 250 Kbps

OFF ON OFF OFF 500 Kbps

ON ON OFF OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON OFF Set by software

ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON Automatic baud-rate detection

IMPORTANT If you change the communication rate of your network make sure that all devices change to the new communication rate Mixed communication rates produce communication errors

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 9: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 9

3 In the the New Entry pop-up dialog box type the IP address you want to assign to the device and click OK

The controller appears in the Relation List

For detailed information on EtherNetIP communication refer to the EtherNetIP Performance and Application Solution publication ENET-AP001

Install the SmartGuard 600 ControllerTo install the SmartGuard 600 controller you must mount it on the DIN rail wire the terminals and make communication connections

Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller

IMPORTANT For effective cooling

bull mount the controller on a horizontal DIN rail Do not mount the controller vertically

bull provide a gap of at least 50 mm (20 in) above and below the controller and 5 mm (020 in) on each side

bull select a location where air flows freely or use an additional fan

bull do not mount the controller over a heating device

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 10: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

10 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Mount the controller only to a DIN rail Follow these steps to mount the controller to an EN 50022-35x75 or EN 50022-35x15 DIN rail

1 Hook the top slot over the DIN rail

2 Snap the bottom of the controller into position while pressing the controller down against the top of the rail

3 Attach end plates to each end of the DIN rail

To remove the controller from the DIN rail use a screwdriver to pull down the latch and lift the controller off of the rail The 1752-L24BBB controller has one latch and the 1752-L24BBBE controller has two latches on the bottom of the controller

Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller

You must provide an acceptable grounding path for each device in your application Functionally ground the controller through its V0G0 power connection

In addition if you are using the 1752-L24BBBE controller you should connect the Ethernet ground terminal to an acceptable ground

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end anchors appropriately

Latch

Top Slot

DIN Rail

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 11: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 11

Ethernet Ground

Refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41 for additional information

Connecting a Power SupplyPower for the controller is provided via an external 24V DC power source The output hold time must be 20 ms or longer

To comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive (LVD) DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by a DC source compliant with safety extra low voltage (SELV) or protected extra low voltage (PELV)

To comply with UL restrictions DeviceNet connections and IO must be powered by DC sources whose secondary circuits are isolated from the primary circuit by double insulation or reinforced insulation The DC power supply must satisfy the requirements for Class 2 circuits or limited voltagecurrent circuits defined in UL 508

The SmartGuard controller has three VG terminal pairs that require a power connection There are two V0G0 pairs but because they are internally connected you need to only connect one V0G0 pair You can use the other pair to distribute power to other devices

TIPR

The following Rockwell Automation 1606 power supplies are Class 2 SELV- and PELV-compliant and they meet the isolation and output hold-off time requirements of the SmartGuard 600 controllerbull1606-XLP30E

bull1606-XLP50E

bull1606-XLP50EZ

bull 1606-XLP72E

bull 1606-XLP95E

bull 1606-XLDNET4

bull 1606-XL60DR

bull 1606-XLSDNET4

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 12: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

12 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Power Supply Connections

Wiring the SmartGuard 600 ControllerSee page 24 for appropriate wire size and torque specifications

Controller Terminal Descriptions

Terminal Designation Description

V0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

G0 Power terminal for internal circuit (logic)

V1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

G1 Power terminal for input circuits and test outputs

V2 Power terminal for safety outputs

G2 Power terminal for safety outputs

IN0hellipIN15 Terminals for safety inputs

T0hellipT3 These are test output terminals that can provide pulse test sources for safety inputs IN0IN15 T3 can also support wire off detection and burned out bulb detection for a load such as a muting lamp

OUT0hellipOUT7 Terminals for safety outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect wiring while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

+ -

+ -

+ -

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 13: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 13

Wiring Input Devices

Input devices with mechanical contact outputs such as emergency stop buttons and safety limit switches use both a safety input terminal and a test output terminal This enables the circuit to reach a Category 4 rating

When safety devices are connected via test outputs to an input circuit on the SmartGuard controller we recommend the length of the wire to be 30 m (984 ft) or less

Input Devices with Mechanical Contact Outputs

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the removable terminal block (RTB) while the field-side power is applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

IMPORTANT Prepare stranded wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation covers (compliant with the DIN 46228-4 standard) Ferrules similar in appearance but not compliant may not match the terminal block on the controller

ATTENTION Applying an inappropriate DC or any AC voltage may result in a loss of safety function product damage or serious injury Properly apply only the specified voltage to controller inputs

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 14: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

14 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Devices such as light curtains with current-sourcing PNP semiconductor outputs send a signal to the SmartGuard 600 controller safety-input terminal and do not use a test output

Input Devices with PNP Semiconductor Outputs

Wiring Output Devices

ATTENTION Serious injury may occur due to a loss of required safety functions

Do not connect loads beyond the rated value of safety or test outputs

Do not use test outputs as safety outputs

Wire the controller properly so that the 24V DC lines do not touch the safety or test outputs

Do not apply the power supply to the test output terminals

Ground the 0V line of the power supply for external output devices so that the devices do not turn on when the safety output line or the test output line is grounded

Separate IO cables from high voltage or high current lines

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V1

Tx

INx

G124V DC

24V DC

OSSDx

GND

45 mA Typical

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 15: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 15

Output Device Wiring

Making Communication Connections

You can configure the network and controller on the DeviceNet network by using a 1784-PCD card inside your personal computer and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can also configure the network and controller by using the controllerrsquos USB port and RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software

In addition you can communicate via the EtherNetIP network The EtherNetIP address and subnet mask are configured with the RSLinx module configuration The 1752-L24BBBE controller is shipped with BOOTP enabled for setting the IP Address See page 8 for details

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect the communication cable with power applied to this controller or any device on the network because an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

SmartGuard 600 Controller

V2

G2

05 A Max

OUTx 24V DC

Load

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 16: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

16 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Connect to the DeviceNet Port

Follow these steps to connect to the DeviceNet port

1 Wire the connector according to the colors on the connector

2 Attach the connector to the DeviceNet port

3 Tighten the screws to 025hellip03 Nbullm (221hellip265 lbbullin)

For detailed DeviceNet connection information refer to the DeviceNet Media Design Installation Guide publication DNET-UM072 Also refer to the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Connecting to the USB Port

Connect the USB communication connector to your personal computer when you want to configure the network and controller by using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software Use a commercially available USB-A to USB-B malemale cable to make the connection

Wire No Wire Color Connects to

1 Red V+

2 White CAN H

3 mdash Drain

4 Blue CAN L

5 Black V-

ATTENTION The USB cable length must be less than 3 m (10 ft)

The USB port is intended for temporary programming purposes only and is not intended for permanent connection

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the USB cable with power applied to this module or any device on the USB network an electrical arc could occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

DDDDD

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 17: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 17

Connecting to the Ethernet Port

Use an RJ45 connector to connect the controller to the EtherNetIP network

Interpreting the Status IndicatorsThe SmartGuard 600 controller features status indicators for module DeviceNet and EtherNetIP network status lock USB and EtherNetIP communication individual input and output status as well as an alphanumeric status display for DeviceNet error codes DeviceNet node address and EtherNetIP address information

ATTENTION The cable length must be less then 100 m (328 ft) between hub and nodes

WARNINGIf you connect or disconnect the Ethernet cable with power applied to this controller or any other device on this network an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Ethernet Pin Placement

Pin No Pin Name Pin Placement

8 Not used

7 Not used

6 RD-

5 Not used

4 Not used

3 RD+

2 TD-

1 TD+

8

1

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 18: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

18 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Alphanumeric Status DisplayThe controllerrsquos alphanumeric display provides information about the modulersquos status Under normal operating conditions the display shows the node address of the module 00hellip63 in decimal format If the controller is operating in a standalone configuration (not networked) the display shows lsquondrsquo The display flashes when the controller is self-testing configuring or in Idle mode If a fault exists the display alternates between the error code and the node address where the error occurred If a fatal error has occurred the display shows the error code only

When the service switch is pressed the display shows the controllerrsquos safety-configuration signature two digits at a time The configuration signature can also be viewed on the Safety tab of the Controller Properties dialog box in RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software You can use the configuration signature to verify that the program and configuration of the controller has not been changed

When the IP address display switch is pressed for 1 second or longer the display shows the EtherNetIP address that is set The error code lsquon4rsquo is displayed if an error occurs in the EtherNetIP configuration

Status IndicatorsUse these tables to interpret the color and status combinations of the status indicators and take recommended actions where applicable

If your Module Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Take corrective actions for noise

Module Status (MS) Indicator DescriptionsIf the Module Status (MS) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off No power Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is operating in Run mode and under normal conditions

No action required

Green flashing The controller is idle

Red flashing A recoverable fault exists Refer to the corrective action following this tableRed on An unrecoverable fault exists

Redgreen flashing Self-test in progress Or the controllerrsquos configuration is being downloaded or is incomplete or incorrect

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 19: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 19

3 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Reset the configuration data

If your Module Status indicator is solid red (on) follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Module Staus indicator is flashing red and green follow these steps

1 Configure the switches properly

2 Set the safety network number

3 Reconfigure the device

DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) Indicator DescriptionsIf the DeviceNet Network Status (NS D) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller is not online or may not have power from the DeviceNet network

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green on The controller is online connections are established

No action required

Green flashing The controller is online no connections are established

Red on Communication failure due to duplicate MAC ID (error code F0) or Bus OFF (error code F1)

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing Communication timeout

Redgreen flashing The Safety Network Number (SNN) is being set

No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 20: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

20 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your Network Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Cycle the power supply

2 Check external wiring

3 Take corrective actions for noise

4 Contact Rockwell Automation

If your Network Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 View the Alphanumeric display for the node address of the error and error code

2 Check that node addresses have not been duplicated

3 Make sure the communication rate is the same for all nodes

4 Check that cables are not loose disconnected or too long

5 Verify that terminating resistors have been installed only at both ends of the main line

6 Take corrective action for noise

7 Make sure target devices are configured verified and in normal operating state

Lock Configuration (Lock) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Lock Configuration (Lock) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on A locked valid configuration exists No action required

Yellow flashing An unlocked valid configuration exists Lock the configuration before operating the safety system

Off The configuration is invalid Reconfigure the controller

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 21: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 21

If your IO Status indicator is on or flashing red follow these steps

1 Check that the signal wire

bull is not making contact with the power source (positive side)

bull does not have an earth fault

bull is not disconnected

2 Make sure there is not a short-circuit between signal wires

3 Check that there is no overcurrent for the output

4 Make sure there is no failure in the connected devices

5 Verify that the Discrepancy Time settings are valid

If your IO Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Check that the power supply voltage is set within the specified range

2 Make sure a cable or wire is not disconnected

USB Communication (COMM U) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the USB Communication (COMM U) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow flashing The controller is communicating No action required

Off The controller is not communicating

IO (inputs 015 outputs 07) Status Indicators Descriptions If the IO status indicators are

It means Take this action

Red on A failure has been detected in the input or output circuit or a discrepancy error has occurred in the IO set for Dual-channel mode

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red flashing A failure has been detected in the associated IO circuitrsquos dual channel configuration

Off The input or output signal is off

Yellow on The input or output signal is on No action required

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 22: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

22 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is off follow these steps

1 Apply power to the controller

2 Set the IP address

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing green follow these steps

1 Check the wiring to the controller

2 Configure the originator to connect to the target

If your EtherNetIP Status indicator is flashing red follow these steps

1 Check external wiring

2 Check the endpoints

3 Check the switches

EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Network Status (NS E) indicator is

It means Take this action

Off The controller does not have an IP address or is not turned on

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Green flashing The controller has no established connections but has obtained an IP address

Green on The controller has at least one established connection (even to the message router)

No action required

Red flashing One or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset

Refer to the corrective action following this table

Red on The controller has detected that its IP address is already in use

Reset the IP address

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 23: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 23

Refer to the SmartGuard 600 Controller User Manual publication 1752-UM001 for more information on recovering from IO errors

EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the EtherNetIP Communication (COMM E) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Green on The controller is communicating on the Ethernet network

No action required

Off The controller is not communicating on the Ethernet network

Ethernet Network Speed (100) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (100) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 100 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (10) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 10 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (10) indicator is on

Ethernet Network Speed (10) Status Indicator DescriptionsIf the Ethernet Network Speed (10) status indicator is

It means Take this action

Yellow on The communication rate is 10 Mbps No action required

Off(1)

(1) If this indicator is Off along with the Network Speed (100) indicator check your Ethernet connection

The communication rate is 100 Mbps Check that the Network Speed (100) indicator is on

ATTENTION Status indicators are not reliable indicators for safety functions They should be used only for general diagnostics during commissioning and troubleshooting Do not use status indicators as operational indicators

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 24: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

24 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Specifications

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Dimensions (HxWxD) approx 990(4)x 994 x 1314 mm(5)

(390(4) x 391 x 518(5) in)

990(4) x 1130 x 1314(5) mm

(390(4) x 448 x 518(5) in)

Weight approx 460 g (123 lb) 575 g (154 lb)

DeviceNet current load max 15 mA 24V DC

Supply voltage(1) 204hellip264V DC (24V DC -15hellip10)

Inrush current - unit power supply 48 A peak for 600 micros V0G0

Inrush current - safety input power supply

26 A peak for 3 ms V1G1

DeviceNet voltage range 11hellip25V DC

Current consumption (V0 - internal logic circuit)

230 mA 24V DC 280 mA 24V DC

Overload protection Shut down of the affected output with cyclic reconnecting

Isolation voltage 50V Functional insulation typeTested at 600V AC for 60 s between all groups

Wire type Copper

Wiring category(2) 2 - on power signal and communication ports

2 - on power 1 - on signal 1 - communication ports

Wire size For power supply and IO use 02hellip25 mm2 (12hellip24 AWG) solid wire

or 034hellip15 mm2 (16hellip22 AWG) standard flexible wire Before connecting prepare standard wires by attaching ferrules with plastic insulation collars (DIN 46228-4 standard compatible)For Ethernet connectionsRJ45 connector according to IEC 60603-7 2 or 4 pair Category 5eminimum cable according to TIA 569-B1 or Category 5 cable according to ISOIEC 24701

IO terminal screw torque 056hellip079 Nbullm (5hellip7 lbbullin)

North American temperature code T4A

Input type Current sinking

Voltage on-state input min 11V DC

Voltage off-state input max 5V DC

Current off-state input max 1 mA

Input current 45 mA

Input impedance 26 kΩ

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 25: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 25

Test output type Current sourcing

Pulse test output current(3) 07 A

Test output surge current 07 A

Pulse test off-state voltage max 12V

Pulse test output leakage current max

01 mA

Muting lamp output current (T3)bull More than 25 mA

bull Less than 5 mA

bull Normal operation (to avoid fault when used as a muting lamp output)

bull Fault (a fault indication is generated when used as a muting lamp output)

Output type Current sourcing

Output current 05 A

Output surge current 05 A

Voltage off-state output max 12V

Leakage current off-state output max

01 mA

Heat dissipation 93 W under max load

Ethernet Communication

CIP connections Not applicable 2

Auto negotiation Not applicable Supported

Data rate Not applicable 10100 Mbps

Duplex Not applicable Fullhalf

Allowable unit communication bandwidth

Not applicable 3000 pps(6)

Explicit message communication

Not applicable 502 Bytes(7)

(1) V0G0 for internal logic circuit V1G1 for external input devices and test outputs V2G2 for external output devices(2) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and

Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41(3) T0T3 total current at the same time 14 A(4) Height includes terminal connectors(5) Depth includes DeviceNet connector(6) PPS is packets per second It indicates the number of send or receive packets that can be processed per second(7) The maximum message length for class 3 connection and UCMM connection

SmartGuard 600 Controllers - 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 26: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

26 SmartGuard 600 Controllers

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Temperature storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock)-40hellip70 degC (-40hellip158 degF)

Temperature operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)-10hellip55 degC (14hellip131 degF) (surrounding air temperature)

Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) 10hellip95 noncondensing

Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 035 mm 10hellip57 Hz5 g 57hellip150 Hz

IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating) 5 g 10hellip500 Hz

Shock operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 15 g

Shock nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock) 30 g

Enclosure type rating Meets IP20

Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 4 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

IEC 61000-4-2bull 6 kV contact discharges

bull 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 900 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz

sine-wave 80 AM from 80hellip1000 MHz

bull 10 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 14hellip20 GHz

bull 20 Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM at 800 900 1200 MHz

bull 3 Vm with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 2000hellip2700 MHz

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 27: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

SmartGuard 600 Controllers 27

EFTB immunity IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-4bull plusmn2 kV 5 kHz on power

ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-line (DM) and plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

IEC 61000-4-5bull plusmn500V line-line (DM) and plusmn1

kV line-earth (CM) on power ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports

bull plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on communication ports

Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 bull 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHzhellip80 MHz

Certifications

Certification(1)

(when product is marked)Value

c-UL-us UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EEC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

bull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

C-Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

TUumlV TUumlV Certified for Functional SafetyFunctional Safety SIL 1 to 3 according to IEC 61508 Performance Level PL(e) according to ISO 13849-1 Category 1 to 4 according to EN954-1 NFPA79 when used as described in the SmartGuard Controllers Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

UL UL Certified for Functional Safety See UL File E256621

Environmental Specifications

Attribute 1752-L24BBB 1752-L24BBBE

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 28: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

Additional ResourcesThese documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell

Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certifications details

Resource Description

SmartGuard 600 User Manual publication 1752-UM001

Information on wiring configuring operating and troubleshooting a SmartGuard 600 controller

SmartGuard 600 Safety Reference Manual publication 1752-RM001

Information on the safety concept of the SmartGuard 600 controller as well as PFD and PFH values and reaction time calculations

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1752-IN001C-EN-P - January 2009 PN 28964Supersedes Publication 1752-IN001B-EN-P - October 2006 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in Japan

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation SmartGuard RSNetWorx for DeviceNet and RSLinx are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • 1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions
  • Table of Contents13
  • Important User Information
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • General Safety Information
  • About the SmartGuard 600 Controller
  • Before You Begin
    • Set the Node Address
    • Setting the Communication Rate
    • Set the IP Address for Ethernet Communication
      • Install the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Mount the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Grounding the SmartGuard 600 Controller
        • Connecting a Power Supply
        • Wiring the SmartGuard 600 Controller
          • Wiring Input Devices
          • Wiring Output Devices
            • Making Communication Connections
              • Connect to the DeviceNet Port
              • Connecting to the USB Port
              • Connecting to the Ethernet Port
                  • Interpreting the Status Indicators
                    • Alphanumeric Status Display
                    • Status Indicators
                      • Specifications
                      • Additional Resources
                      • Back Cover
                        • Intro

                          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                          Generic pub print specs

                          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

                          IN RN pub type specs

                          UM RM PM pub type specs

                          AP PP pub type specs

                          BR pub type specs

                          Field definitions

                          ampL04032006ampRampP

                          ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                          EA = Each
                          PK = Pack
                          PD = Pad
                          RL = Roll
                          BK = Book
                          CT = Carton
                          BX = Box
                          ST = Set
                          Multiple Order Qty
                          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                          Business Group
                          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                          CorporateBusiness Development
                          Finance
                          Human Resources
                          IT
                          Logistics
                          Manufacturing
                          Marketing Commercial
                          Marketing Europe
                          Marketing Other
                          Operations
                          Order Services
                          Other
                          Process Improvement
                          Procurement
                          Quality
                          Sales
                          Max Order Quantity
                          Presale items = 100
                          Postsale items = 5
                          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                          BindingStitching
                          For a Form (F) use
                          CARBONLESS
                          CUTSHEET
                          ENVELOPE
                          For a Book (B) use
                          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
                          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
                          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
                          WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
                          Saddle-Stitch Items
                          20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
                          19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
                          18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
                          All page quantities must be divisible by 4
                          Tape Bound Items
                          125 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Perfect Bound Items
                          475 sheets max on 20 no cover
                          470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Double Wire Bound Items
                          40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Coil Bound Items
                          290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
                          Sides Printed
                          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                          Simplex = Single-sided printing
                          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                          Number of Forms to a Sheet
                          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                          Number of Sheets Required to Print
                          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
                          Paper Stock Type
                          Description
                          PLAIN Bond
                          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                          CARD Card Stock
                          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                          CUSTOM Custom
                          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                          INDEX Index
                          LABEL80 80 Up Label
                          MICROPRT Micro Print
                          OFFSET Offset
                          PART2 2 Part
                          PART3 3 Part
                          PART4 4 Part
                          PART5 5 Part
                          PART6 6 Part
                          PERF 12 inch Perfed
                          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                          RECYL Recycled
                          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                          TAG Tag
                          TEXT Text
                          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                          VELLUM Vellum
                          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                          Paper Stock Color
                          Black
                          Blue
                          Buff
                          Canary
                          Cherry
                          Clear
                          Cream
                          Custom
                          Goldrenrod
                          Gray
                          Green
                          Ivory
                          Lavender
                          Manilla
                          NCRPinkCanary
                          NCRWhiteBlue
                          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanary
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                          NCRWhiteGreen
                          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                          NCRWhitePink
                          NCRWhiteWhite
                          Opaque
                          Orange
                          Orchid
                          Peach
                          Pink
                          Purple
                          Salmon
                          Tan
                          Violet
                          White
                          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                          11 x 17
                          18 x 24 Poster
                          24 x 36 Poster
                          3 x 5
                          36 x 24 Poster
                          4 x 6
                          475 x 7
                          475 x 775
                          55 x 85
                          6 x 4
                          7 x 9
                          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                          85 x 11
                          825 x 10875
                          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                          8375 x 10875
                          9 x 12
                          A4
                          A5
                          Other - Custom size listed below
                          Drilling Locations
                          1CENTER
                          1LEFTTOP
                          1TOPCENTER
                          2LEFT
                          2LEFT2TOP
                          2TOP
                          2TOP2LEFT
                          2TOP3LEFT
                          2TOP5LEFT
                          2TOP5RIGHT
                          3BOTTOM
                          3LEFT
                          3LEFT2TOP
                          3LEFT3TOP
                          3RIGHT
                          3TOP
                          3TOP5LEFT
                          5BOTTOM
                          5CENTER
                          5LEFT
                          5RIGHT
                          5RIGHT2TOP
                          5TOP
                          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                          HALF Half
                          C C Fold
                          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                          OFFSETZ Offset Z
                          SAMPLE See Sample
                          SHORT Short Fold
                          V V Fold
                          Z Z Fold
                          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                          77 or more pages 1
                          33 to 76 pages 25
                          3 to 32 pages 50
                          1 or 2 pages 100
                          Comments
                          CoverText Stock Spine
                          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
                          100 Gloss Text
                          100 Text
                          10pt C1S Cover
                          10pt C2S Cover
                          10pt C2S Text
                          10pt Text Stock
                          110 White Index
                          12pt C1S Cover
                          20 White Opaque Bond
                          50 Colored Offset
                          50 White Offset
                          50 White Opaque
                          60 Cover Stock
                          60 White Offset
                          80 Gloss Cover
                          80 Gloss Text
                          8pt C1S White
                          90 White Index
                          CoverText Ink
                          Black
                          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color
                          4 color over black
                          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                          4 color + aqueous
                          4 color + varnish
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
                          Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
                          Corp 17501
                          Bill To 69
                          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                          Attach Print Specs to PDF
                          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                          RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 29: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

Intro

ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
Attach Print Specs to PDF
For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
RA-QR005C-EN-E 608
Page 30: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCRA-QR005C-EN-EampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Page 31: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1752-IN001C-EN-P SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group 01012009 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 28 7 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 55 85 SIDE NA NA NA NA NA 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black 28964
Document printed in Japan Hardcopy sample provided
Page 32: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
Page 33: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
Page 34: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
Page 35: SmartGuard 600 Controllers Installation Instructions

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP

ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (RR Donnelley Job Options for High-Resolution PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
WIRE O Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
Saddle-Stitch Items
20 sheets max on 20 (text and cover)
19 sheets max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)
18 sheets max on 24 (text and cover)
All page quantities must be divisible by 4
Tape Bound Items
125 sheets max on 20 no cover
120 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Perfect Bound Items
475 sheets max on 20 no cover
470 sheets max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Double Wire Bound Items
40 sheets max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Coil Bound Items
290 sheets max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of one 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 1
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages 1
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Do NOT include that page as part of the publication page count Because the addition of a spine will create an odd page count in the PDF contact a Super User to submit your publication via PDFdirect with an exception tool
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish